13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of Win32 GUI terminal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 any later version.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
14186
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <signal.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 #include "lisp.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 #include "blockinput.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 #include <w32term.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systty.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "systime.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <ctype.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <errno.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <setjmp.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <sys/stat.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "frame.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "dispextern.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 #include "termopts.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "termchar.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 #include "gnu.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "disptab.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "buffer.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "window.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "keyboard.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 #include "intervals.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57 /* This is display since win32 does not support multiple ones. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 struct win32_display_info one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 one for each element of win32_display_list and in the same order.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 NAME is the name of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 Lisp_Object win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 win32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 In that case, the win32 functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 is the frame to apply to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 static int flexlines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 static int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 static int curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 static int curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90 DWORD dwWinThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 HANDLE hWinThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 /* Mouse movement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
104 so win32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 an ordinary motion.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
106
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 to Qnil, to tell win32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that win32_mouse_position would
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 it's somewhat accurate. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 #ifdef __STDC__
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 #else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 static int input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131 extern int errno;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 void win32_delete_display ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 static void redraw_following_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 static unsigned int win32_get_modifiers ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 static int fast_find_position ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 static void show_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 static void do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 static int win32_cursor_to ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 static int win32_clear_end_of_line ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 struct record
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 struct record event_record[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 int event_record_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 record_event (locus, type)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 event_record_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 event_record_index++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif /* 0 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 /* Return the struct win32_display_info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 win32_display_info_for_display ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 return (&one_win32_display_info);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 win32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 HDC _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193 COLORREF pix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194 RECT * lprect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 HBRUSH hb;
|
14351
|
198 HANDLE oldobj;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 if (_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 hdc = _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205 if (!f) return;
|
14351
|
206 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
|
14351
|
210 oldobj = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
|
|
211
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
|
14351
|
213 SelectObject (hdc, oldobj);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216 if (!_hdc)
|
14351
|
217 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 win32_clear_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 RECT rect;
|
14351
|
225
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 GetClientRect (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 /* Starting and ending updates.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235 of the frame being updated, so that the win32_... functions do not
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the win32_... functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 being win32_cursor_to, win32_write_glyphs and win32_reassert_line_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241 win32_update_begin (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248 highlight = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
253 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
254 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
255 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
256
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
257 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
258 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
259 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
260 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 if (!NILP (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 int firstline, lastline, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 lastline = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 lastline = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 win32_update_end (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313 win32_frame_up_to_date (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 || f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 /* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 win32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 int new, vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 highlight = new;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 win32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 highlight = new_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 win32_cursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 win32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 win32_set_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 Exiting will make the Win32 windows go away, and suspending
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 requires no action. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 win32_reset_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 win32_cursor_to (row, col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 register int row, col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 int orow = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 curs_x = col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 curs_y = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 don't alter the background.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406 int left, top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 int just_foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 int orig_left = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420
|
14351
|
421 hdc = my_get_dc (window);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 int cf, len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 int g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 Extract their character codes into BUF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 cp = buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 --n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 ++gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 len = cp - buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 determined by the face code CF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 int stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 COLORREF fg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 COLORREF bg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 if (hl == 3)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 cf = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 if (cf != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 cf = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 if (cf == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 else if (hl == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 ;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 else if (hl == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 bg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 if (hl == 2)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 if ((!face->font
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 || face->font == f->output_data.win32->font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 && face->background == f->output_data.win32->background_pixel
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 && face->foreground == f->output_data.win32->foreground_pixel)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 try a different foreground. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 fg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 if (bg == face->background
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 && fg == face->foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 bg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 font = f->output_data.win32->font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 SetTextColor (hdc, fg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 SetBkColor (hdc, bg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 if (!just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 if (f->output_data.win32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 f->output_data.win32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 int underline_position = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 if (face->underline)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 left, (top
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565 + FONT_BASE (font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 + underline_position),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573
|
14351
|
574 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 Advance the cursor over the text.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 `highlight', set up by win32_reassert_line_highlight or win32_change_line_highlight,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586 win32_write_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 register GLYPH *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 register int temp_length;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 /* If not within an update,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602 curs_x = f->cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 curs_y = f->cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 start, len, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 f->cursor_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 f->cursor_x -= len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 curs_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 /* Clear to the end of the line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 win32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 register int first_unused;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 if (first_unused <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 if (first_unused >= f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 first_unused = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 win32_clear_frame ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 curs_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 win32_clear_window (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 /* Make audible bell. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 win32_ring_bell ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 if (visible_bell)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 FlashWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702 nt_ring_bell ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 /* Insert and delete character.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 off the feature of using them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 win32_insert_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 register char *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 register int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 win32_delete_glyphs (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 that is bounded by calls to win32_update_begin and win32_update_end. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 win32_set_terminal_window (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 flexlines = n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 /* These variables need not be per frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749 anything is done for another frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 static int *line_dance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 /* Allocated length of that array. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 static int line_dance_len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 win32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765 int vpos, n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 register int fence, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 line_dance_len = ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 if (n >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 fence = vpos + n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 n = -n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 fence = flexlines - n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 Must be called with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 do_line_dance ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 register int i, j, distance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 register struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 int ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 int intborder;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 ht = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 intborder = f->output_data.win32->internal_border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830
|
14351
|
831 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 (i-j) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 i = j+1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864
|
14351
|
865 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 /* Clear [i,j) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 intborder,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
874 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 /* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 static void clear_cursor ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894 register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 int bottom, right;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 register int y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 bottom = top + rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 right = left + cols;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 bottom += (f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 if (left < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 left = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 if (top < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 if (right > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 right = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 if (bottom > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 bottom = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 cols = right - left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 rows = bottom - top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 if (rows <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 if (cols <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 clear_cursor (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 cursor_cleared = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 continue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 active_frame->highlight[y], 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 if (cursor_cleared)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 frame_highlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 frame_unhighlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 static void win32_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 int events_enqueued = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 if (frame != dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 the correct value of win32_focus_frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 the appropriate display info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 win32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 : dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 if (old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 char *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 int keysym;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076 /* Make static so we can always return it */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 static char value[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 return value;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096 register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 register int *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 RECT *bounds;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 int noclip;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102 even for negative values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1111 if (bounds)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1112 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1114 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1115 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1116 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1117 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 if (!noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 else if (pix_x > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 pix_x = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127 pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 pix_y = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 *x = pix_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 *y = pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 register int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 BOOL
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 int message;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149 int * pbutton;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 int * pup;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 int button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 int up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 switch (message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 return (FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 if (pup) *pup = up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 return (TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1192 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1193
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1194 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195 the mouse. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1199 struct input_event *result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1200 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1201 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1206 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1207
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1208 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 otherwise. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 result->kind = mouse_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 result->code = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1213 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1214 | (up
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 The input handler calls this.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 MSG *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 int row, column, portion;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 RECT new_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 struct window *w;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292 if (gc_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 &new_glyph, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 /* Which window is that in? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 int i, pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 pos = ptr[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 if (pos <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 && row >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 && row <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 && (row > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 || column >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 && (row < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 || column < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 || FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 struct buffer *obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 int obegv, ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 obuf = current_buffer;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 obegv = BEGV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 ozv = ZV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 BEGV = BEG;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 ZV = Z;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 XSETINT (position, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 len = 10;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 Store the length in len. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 NULL, NULL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 overlay = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 free (overlay_vec);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 if (NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 /* Handle the overlay case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 if (! NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 Lisp_Object before, after;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 /* Handle the text property case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424 before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 w->buffer, beginning);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 after
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 w->buffer, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447 BEGV = obegv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 ZV = ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 current_buffer = obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 of start of first screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 int *columnp, *rowp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 int row = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 int left = w->left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 int top = w->top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 int *charstarts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 int lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 /* Find the right row. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 for (i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 i < height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 if (linestart > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 maybe_next_line = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 if (linestart > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 row = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 /* Find the right column with in it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 lastcol = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 *columnp = i + left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 lastcol = left + i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 use the start of the following line. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 if (maybe_next_line)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 row++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 *columnp = lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 int cursor_off = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 /* Set these variables temporarily
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 we will put it back at the same place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 for (i = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 i <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 int column = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 : w->left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 : w->left + width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 turn the cursor off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 if (i == curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567 && curs_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col - 1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 && curs_x <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 cursor_off = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 endcolumn - column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 if (cursor_off)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 if (hl > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->cross_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->text_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621 position on the scroll bar.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 the mouse is over.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 was at this position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 again. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 win32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 int insist;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 FRAME_PTR f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 GetCursorPos (&pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667 containing the pointer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 /* Is win one of our frames? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 if (! f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 if (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 if (f1 == 0 && insist)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 f1 = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694 if (f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 int ignore1, ignore2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698 ScreenToClient (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1703 &last_mouse_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705 || insist);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 *bar_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 *part = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 *fp = f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1716
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1717 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720 /* Scroll bar support. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1725 struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727 Window window_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1731 for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737 frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743 right window ID. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 condemned = Qnil,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 ! GC_NILP (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 if (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759 HWND
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762 struct scroll_bar * bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 PostThreadMessage (dwWinThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767 (LPARAM) bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1770 return ((HWND) msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778 SendMessage (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 scroll bar vector for it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 static struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 struct scroll_bar *bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1801 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1803 bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1806
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1810 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1811
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1812 SET_SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1813
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1814 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1815 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1816 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1817 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1818 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1819 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1820
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1821 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1822
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1823 return bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1824 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1826 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1827 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1828 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1829 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1830 events.)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1832 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1833 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1834 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1835 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1836 move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1837 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1838 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1839 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1840 int start, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 int rebuild;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848 if (! rebuild
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849 && start == XINT (bar->start)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850 && end == XINT (bar->end))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 /* If we are less than half of the page use start otherwise use end */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, ((start >> 1) < bar->height)?start:end, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 window configurations. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890 to nil. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1899 /* Destroy the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911 create one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913 win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 int portion, whole, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 int top = XINT (window->top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925 int pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1926 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1927 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936 pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1945 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1946 dragged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1947 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 if (whole == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 win32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 protocol correctly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995 win32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013 the lists. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 one or the other! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042 win32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 next = b->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071 mark bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076 struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 emacs_event->code = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 emacs_event->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084 | ((LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam) == SB_ENDSCROLL)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 int internal_height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093 int top_range
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095 int y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 if (y < top_range) y++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 case SB_LINEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 if (y) y--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113 case SB_PAGEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119 case SB_TOP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123 case SB_BOTTOM:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125 y = top_range;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, y , y, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2139 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2140
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 on the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2150 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2151 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2152 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 *fp = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 *bar_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2165 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2170 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2171 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2173 pos++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2174 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2175 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2177 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2180 XSETINT(*x, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 XSETINT(*y, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183 f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2186 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2190
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2191 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2194 redraw them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2195
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2196 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2197 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2198 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 Lisp_Object bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2201
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2202 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2203 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 UpdateWindow (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 /* The main Win32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 sometimes don't work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214 static Time enter_timestamp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 int temp_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219 short temp_buffer[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220
|
14462
|
2221 extern int key_event (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *, struct input_event *);
|
|
2222
|
|
2223 /* Map a Win32 WM_CHAR message into a KEY_EVENT_RECORD so that
|
|
2224 we can use the same routines to handle input in both console
|
|
2225 and window modes. */
|
|
2226
|
|
2227 static void
|
|
2228 convert_to_key_event (Win32Msg *msgp, KEY_EVENT_RECORD *eventp)
|
|
2229 {
|
|
2230 eventp->bKeyDown = TRUE;
|
|
2231 eventp->wRepeatCount = 1;
|
|
2232 eventp->wVirtualKeyCode = msgp->msg.wParam;
|
|
2233 eventp->wVirtualScanCode = (msgp->msg.lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
|
|
2234 eventp->uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
|
|
2235 eventp->dwControlKeyState = msgp->dwModifiers;
|
|
2236 }
|
|
2237
|
|
2238 /* Return nonzero if the virtual key is a dead key. */
|
|
2239
|
|
2240 static int
|
|
2241 is_dead_key (int wparam)
|
|
2242 {
|
|
2243 unsigned int code = MapVirtualKey (wparam, 2);
|
|
2244
|
|
2245 /* Win95 returns 0x8000, NT returns 0x80000000. */
|
|
2246 if ((code & 0x8000) || (code & 0x80000000))
|
|
2247 return 1;
|
|
2248 else
|
|
2249 return 0;
|
|
2250 }
|
|
2251
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252 /* Read events coming from the Win32 shell.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259 thus pretending to be `read'.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261 WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265 system calls the winproc directly in a context where we cannot return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2269 which message we are processing since the winproc gets called recursively with different
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2270 messages by the system.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2271 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2272
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2273 int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2274 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2275 register int sd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2276 register struct input_event *bufp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2277 register int numchars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2278 int waitp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2279 int expected;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2280 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2281 int count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2282 int nbytes = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2283 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2284 Win32Msg msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2285 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2286 int event_found = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2287 int prefix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2288 Lisp_Object part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2289 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2290
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2291 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2292 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2293 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294 return -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2301 input_signal_count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303 if (numchars <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305
|
14351
|
2306 while (get_next_msg (&msg, 0))
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308 switch (msg.msg.message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2309 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2310 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2311 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2312 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2313 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2314 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &msg.rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2315 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2316 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2317 case WM_PAINT:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2318 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2319 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2320
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2321 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2322 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2323 if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2324 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2325 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2326 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2327 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2328 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2329 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2330 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2331 dumprectangle (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2332 msg.rect.left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2333 msg.rect.top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2334 msg.rect.right-msg.rect.left+1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2335 msg.rect.bottom-msg.rect.top+1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2336
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2337 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2338 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342 case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
14462
|
2353 bufp->modifiers = win32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (msg.dwModifiers);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2362 case WM_CHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2363 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2364
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2365 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367 if (numchars > 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2368 {
|
14462
|
2369 int add;
|
|
2370 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key, *keyp = &key;
|
|
2371
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2372 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2373 temp_index = 0;
|
14462
|
2374
|
|
2375 convert_to_key_event (&msg, keyp);
|
|
2376 add = key_event (keyp, bufp);
|
|
2377 if (add == -1)
|
|
2378 {
|
|
2379 /* The key pressed generated two characters, most likely
|
|
2380 an accent character and a key that could not be
|
|
2381 combined with it. Prepend the message on the queue
|
|
2382 again to process the second character (which is
|
|
2383 being held internally in key_event), and process
|
|
2384 the first character now. */
|
|
2385 prepend_msg (&msg);
|
|
2386 add = 1;
|
|
2387 }
|
|
2388
|
|
2389 /* Throw dead keys away. */
|
|
2390 if (is_dead_key (msg.msg.wParam))
|
|
2391 break;
|
|
2392
|
|
2393 bufp += add;
|
|
2394 numchars -= add;
|
|
2395 count += add;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2396 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2397 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2398 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2399 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2400 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2401 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2402 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2403 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2404 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2405 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2406 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2407 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2408 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2409
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2410 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2411 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2412 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2413 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2414
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2415 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2416 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2417 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2418 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2419 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2420 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2421 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2422 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2423 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2424 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2425
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2426 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2427 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2428 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2434 if ((!dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 && (numchars >= 1))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 if (up)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2447 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2448 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2449 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2450 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2451 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2452 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2453 last_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2454 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2455 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2456
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2457 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2458 case WM_VSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2459 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2460 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2461
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2462 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2463 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2464 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2465 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2466 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2467 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2468 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2469 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2470
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2471 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2472 case WM_MOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2473 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2474
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2475 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2476 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2477 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2478 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2479 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2481 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2482 case WM_SIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2488 int rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2489 int columns;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2490 int width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 int height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492
|
14351
|
2493 GetClientRect(msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2494
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2495 height = rect.bottom - rect.top + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2496 width = rect.right - rect.left + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2498 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2502 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2503 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2504
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2505 if (columns != f->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2506 || rows != f->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2507 || width != f->output_data.win32->pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2508 || height != f->output_data.win32->pixel_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2514
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2515 f->output_data.win32->pixel_width = width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2516 f->output_data.win32->pixel_height = height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2517 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2518 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2520
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2521 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2522 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2523 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2524 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2528 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2530 else if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2531 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2532
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2533 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2534 case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2535 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2536 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2537 case SC_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2538 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2539
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2540 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2541 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2542 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2543 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2545 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2546 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2547 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2548 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2549 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2550 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2551
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2552 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2553 case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2554 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2555
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2556 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2557 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2558 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2559 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2560
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2561 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2562 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2563 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2564 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2565 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2566 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2567
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2568 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2569 case SC_MAXIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2570 case SC_RESTORE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2571 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2572
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2573 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2574 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2575 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2576 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2577
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2578 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2579 the frame's display structures. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2580 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2581
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2582 if (f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2583 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2584 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2585 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2586 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2587 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2588 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2589 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2590 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2591 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2592 to update the frame titles
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2593 in case this is the second frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2594 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2595 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2597 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2598 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2599
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2600 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2601 case WM_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2602 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2603
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2604 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2605 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2612 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2613 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2614 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2615
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2616 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2617 case WM_COMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2618 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2619
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2620 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2623 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624 /* Came from window menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2627 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628 struct input_event buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2630
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2631 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2632 buf.kind = menu_bar_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2633
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2634 /* Store initial menu bar event */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2635
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2636 if (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2637 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642 /* Enqueue the events */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 while (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648 event = XCONS (event)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2649 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 /* Came from popup menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2655 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2656 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2657 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2658 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2659
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2660 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2661 raise it now. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2663 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2664 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2665 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2667 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 return count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 /* Drawing the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2677
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2679 x_draw_box (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2682 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2683 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685
|
14351
|
2686 hdc = my_get_dc (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y);
|
14351
|
2692 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
|
2693 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
|
2694
|
|
2695 /* rect.left++; */
|
|
2696 /* rect.top++; */
|
|
2697 rect.right--;
|
|
2698 rect.bottom--;
|
|
2699
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
|
14351
|
2701
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2702 DeleteObject (hb);
|
14351
|
2703
|
|
2704 ReleaseDC (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2705 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2707 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2708 and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709 This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710 is about to be rewritten. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 clear_cursor (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2716 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2723
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2726 glyph drawn. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2732 GLYPH glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2733 int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2734 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2735 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2737 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2738 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2739 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2751 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2754 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2755 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2758 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2760 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2764
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2765 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2767 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2768 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2769 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2770 || f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2771 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2772 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2773 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2774 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2775 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2776 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2777 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2778
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2779 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2780 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2781 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2782 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2783 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2784 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2785 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2786 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2787 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2788 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2789 win32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2790 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2791 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 max (f->output_data.win32->cursor_width, 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2794
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2795 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2797
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2798 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2799 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2800 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2801
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2802
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2803 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2804 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2805 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2806
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2807 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2808 x_display_box_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2809 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2810 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2811 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2812 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2813
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2814 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2815 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2816 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2817 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2818 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2819
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2820 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2821 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2822 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2823
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2824 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2825 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2826 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2827 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2828 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2829 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2830 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2832 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2833 or it is in the wrong place,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2835 erase it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2836 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2837 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2838 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2839 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2840 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2841 && (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame))))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2842 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2843 int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2844 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2845
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2846 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2847 we clear the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2848 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2852 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2858 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2861 mouse_face_here = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2864 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font) != f->output_data.win32->line_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2873 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 (mouse_face_here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 ? 3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2877 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880 /* If we want to show a cursor,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 write it in the right place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2885 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2886 && f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2887 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2888 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2889 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2890 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2893 if (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2895 x_draw_box (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2896 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2899 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2903 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2908 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910 x_display_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2917 x_display_box_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2919 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2928
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2930 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2932 The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2933
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2934 Lisp_Object
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935 x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937 register char *fontname;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2938 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2939 int already_loaded;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 int n_matching_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941 XFontStruct *font_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942 char new_font_name[101];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944 /* Get a font which matches this name */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2946 LOGFONT lf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2947
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 if (!x_to_win32_font(fontname, &lf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 || !win32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2951 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2955 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2956 already_loaded = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 if (!strcmp (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2964 already_loaded = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2965 fontname = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2967 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2969
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 if (already_loaded >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2972 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2973 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2974 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2975 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 XFontStruct *font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2977 int n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2978
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2979 font = win32_load_font(FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2980
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2981 if (! font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2982 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2983 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2984 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2985
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2986 /* Do we need to create the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2987 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2988 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2989 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2990 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2991 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2992 * sizeof (struct font_info));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2993 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2994 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2995 else if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2996 >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2997 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2998 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2999 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3000 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3001 (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3002 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3003 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3004
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3005 n_fonts = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3006 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3007 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3008 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3009 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3010 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3011
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3012 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3013 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3014 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3015 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3016 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3017 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3018 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3019 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3020
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3021 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3022 if (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3023 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3024 frame_update_line_height (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3025 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3026 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3027 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3028 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3029 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3030 f->output_data.win32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3031
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3032 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3033 Lisp_Object lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3034
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3035 lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3036
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3037 return lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3038 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3039 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3040
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3041 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3042 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3043 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3044 Window win, child;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3045 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3046 int flags = f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3047
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3048 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3049
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3050 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3051 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3052 if (f->output_data.win32->parent_desc != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3053 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3054 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3055 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3056 f->output_data.win32->parent_desc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3057 &pt, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3058 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3059 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3060
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3061 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3062 RECT rt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3063 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3064
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3065 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
14351
|
3066 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3067 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3068 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3069
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3070 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3071 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3072 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3073
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3074 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3075 position that fits on the screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3076 if (flags & XNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3077 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3078 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3079 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3080 + f->output_data.win32->left_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3081
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3082 if (flags & YNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3083 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3084 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3085 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3086 + f->output_data.win32->top_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3087 /* The left_pos and top_pos
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3088 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3089 so the flags should correspond. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3090 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3091 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3092
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3093 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3094 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3095 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3096 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3097 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3098
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3099 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3100 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3101 register int xoff, yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3102 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3103 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3104 int modified_top, modified_left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3105
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3106 if (change_gravity > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3107 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3108 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3109 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = xoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3110 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3111 if (xoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3112 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3113 if (yoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3114 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3115 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3116 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3117 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3118
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3119 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3120 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3121
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3122 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3123 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3124 modified_left = f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3125 modified_top = f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3126 if (change_gravity != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3127 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3128 modified_left += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3129 modified_top += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3130 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3132 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3133 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3134 modified_left, modified_top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3135 0,0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3136 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3137 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3140 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3141 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3142 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3143 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3144
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3145 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3146 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3147 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3148 int cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3149 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3150 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3151
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3152 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3153
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3154 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3155 f->output_data.win32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3156 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3157 ? 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3158 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3159 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3160 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3161 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3162 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3163
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3164 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3165 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3166
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3167 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3168 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3169
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3170 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3171 rect.right = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3172 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3173
|
14351
|
3174 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3175 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3176
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3177 /* All windows have an extra pixel */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3178
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3179 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3180 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3181 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3182 rect.right - rect.left + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3183 rect.bottom - rect.top + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3184 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3185 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3186
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3187 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3188 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3189 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3190 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3191
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3192 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3193 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3194 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3195 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3196 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3197 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3198 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3199 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3201 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3202 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3203 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3204 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3205 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3206 f->phys_cursor_y = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3207 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3209 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3210 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3211 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3212 we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3213 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3214
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3215 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3216 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3217
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3218 /* Mouse warping. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3219
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3220 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3221 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3222 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3223 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3224 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3225 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3227 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3228 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.win32->line_height / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3229
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3230 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3231 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3233 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3234 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3235
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3236 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3237
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3238 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3239
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3240 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3241 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3243 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3244
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3245 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3246 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3247 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3248 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3249 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3250 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3252 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3253
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3254 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3255 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3256
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3257 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3258
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3259 x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3260 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3261 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3262 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3264 x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3265 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3266 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3267 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3268
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3269 /* Raise frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3271 x_raise_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3272 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3273 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3274 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3275 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3276 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3277 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3278 HWND_TOP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3279 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3280 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3281 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3282 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3283 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3284
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3285 /* Lower frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3286
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3287 x_lower_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3288 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3289 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3290 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3291 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3292 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3293 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3294 HWND_BOTTOM,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3295 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3296 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3297 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3298 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3299 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3300
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3301 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3302 win32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3303 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3304 int raise;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3305 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3306 if (raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3307 x_raise_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3308 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3309 x_lower_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3310 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3311
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3312 /* Change of visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3313
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3314 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3315 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3316 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3317 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3318 but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3319 finishes with it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3320
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3321 x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3322 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3323 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3324 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3325
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3326 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3327 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3328 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3329 call x_set_offset a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3330 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3331 before the window gets really visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3332 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
14462
|
3333 && ! f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible)
|
|
3334 {
|
|
3335 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.win32->left_pos,
|
|
3336 f->output_data.win32->top_pos, 0);
|
|
3337 SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
|
3338 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3339
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3340 f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3341 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOW);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3342 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3343
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3344 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3345 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3346 so that incoming events are handled. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3347 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3348 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3349 int count = input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3350
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3351 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3352 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3353
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3354 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3355
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3356 while (1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3357 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3358 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3359 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3360 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3361 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3362 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3363 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3364 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3365 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3366 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3367 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3368 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3369 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3370 if (input_polling_used ())
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3371 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3372 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3373 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3374 alarm (0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3375 input_poll_signal ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3376 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3377 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3378 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3379 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3380 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3381 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3382 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3383 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3384 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3385 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3386 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3387 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3388
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3389 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3390
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3391 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3392
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3393 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3394 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3395 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3396 Window window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3397
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3398 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3399 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3400 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3401
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3402 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3403
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3404 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3405
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3406 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3407 just by the event that we get from the server.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3408 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3409 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3410 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3411 f->visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3412 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3413 f->async_visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3414 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3415
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3416 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3417 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3418
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3419 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3420
|
14351
|
3421 void x_iconify_frame (f)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3422 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3423 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3424 int result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3425
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3426 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3427 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3428 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3429
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3430 if (f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3431 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3432
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3433 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3434
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3435 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3436
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3437 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3438
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3439 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3440 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3441
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3442 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3443
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3444 x_destroy_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3445 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3446 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3447 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3448
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3449 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3450
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3451 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3452 free_frame_menubar (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3453 free_frame_faces (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3454
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3455 xfree (f->output_data.win32);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3456 f->output_data.win32 = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3457 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3458 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3459 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3460 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3461 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3462 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3463
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3464 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3465
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3466 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3467 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3468 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3469 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3470 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3471 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3472 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3473 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3474
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3475 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3476 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3477
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3478 /* Setting window manager hints. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3479
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3480 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3481 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3482 that the window now has.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3483 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3484 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3485
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3486 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3487 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3488 long flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3489 int user_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3490 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3491 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3492
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3493 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3494
|
14351
|
3495 enter_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3496
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3497 SetWindowLong (window, WND_X_UNITS_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3498 SetWindowLong (window, WND_Y_UNITS_INDEX, f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3499
|
14351
|
3500 leave_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3501 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3502
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3503 /* Window manager things */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3504 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3505 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3506 int icon_x, icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3507 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3508 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3509 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3510
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3511 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3512 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3513 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3514
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3515 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3516 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3517 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3518
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3519
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3520 /* Initialization. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3521
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3522 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3523 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3524 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3525 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3526
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3527 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3528 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3529 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3531 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3532 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3533 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3534 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3535 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3536 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3537 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3538 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3539 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3540
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3541 static int win32_initialized = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3543 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3544 win32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3545 Lisp_Object display_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3546 char *xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3547 char *resource_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3548 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3549 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3550 char *defaultvalue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3551 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3552 HDC hdc;
|
14351
|
3553
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3554 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3555
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3556 if (!win32_initialized)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3557 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3558 win32_initialize ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3559 win32_initialized = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3560 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3561
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3562 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3563 int argc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3564 char *argv[3];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3565
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3566 argv[0] = "";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3567 argc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3568 if (xrm_option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3569 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3570 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3571 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3573 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3574
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3575 dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3576
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3577 /* Put this display on the chain. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3578 dpyinfo->next = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3579
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3580 /* Put it on win32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3581 win32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3582 win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3583 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car;
|
14351
|
3584
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3585 dpyinfo->win32_id_name
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3586 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3587 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3588 + 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3589 sprintf (dpyinfo->win32_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3590 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3591
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3592 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3593 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3594 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3595
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3596 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3597 all versions. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3598 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3599 #endif
|
14351
|
3600 hdc = my_get_dc (GetDesktopWindow ());
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3601
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3602 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3603 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3604 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3605 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3606 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3607 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3608 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3609 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3610 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3611 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3612 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3613 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3614 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3615 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3616 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3617 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3618 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3619 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3620 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3621 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3622 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3623 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3624 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3625 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3626 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3627
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3628 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3629
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3630 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3631 #ifdef F_SETOWN
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3632 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3633 /* stdin is a socket here */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3634 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3635 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3636 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3637 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3638 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3639 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3641 #ifdef SIGIO
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3642 if (interrupt_input)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3643 init_sigio (connection);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3644 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3645
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3646 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3648 return dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3649 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3650
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3651 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3653 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3654 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3655 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3656 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3657 /* Discard this display from win32_display_name_list and win32_display_list.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3658 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3659 if (! NILP (win32_display_name_list)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3660 && EQ (XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3661 win32_display_name_list = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3662 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3663 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3664 Lisp_Object tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3665
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3666 tail = win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3667 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3669 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3670 dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3671 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3672 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3673 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3674 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3675 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3676 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3677 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3678
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3679 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3680 xfree (dpyinfo->win32_id_name);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3681 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3682
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3683 /* Set up use of Win32. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3685 DWORD win_msg_worker ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3686
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3687 win32_initialize ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3688 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3689 clear_frame_hook = win32_clear_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3690 clear_end_of_line_hook = win32_clear_end_of_line;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3691 ins_del_lines_hook = win32_ins_del_lines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3692 change_line_highlight_hook = win32_change_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3693 insert_glyphs_hook = win32_insert_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3694 write_glyphs_hook = win32_write_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3695 delete_glyphs_hook = win32_delete_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3696 ring_bell_hook = win32_ring_bell;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3697 reset_terminal_modes_hook = win32_reset_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3698 set_terminal_modes_hook = win32_set_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3699 update_begin_hook = win32_update_begin;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3700 update_end_hook = win32_update_end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3701 set_terminal_window_hook = win32_set_terminal_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3702 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3703 frame_up_to_date_hook = win32_frame_up_to_date;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3704 cursor_to_hook = win32_cursor_to;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3705 reassert_line_highlight_hook = win32_reassert_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3706 mouse_position_hook = win32_mouse_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3707 frame_rehighlight_hook = win32_frame_rehighlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3708 frame_raise_lower_hook = win32_frame_raise_lower;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3709 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3710 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = win32_condemn_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3711 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = win32_redeem_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3712 judge_scroll_bars_hook = win32_judge_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3713
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3714 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3715 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3716 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3717 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3718 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3719 off the bottom */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3720 baud_rate = 19200;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3722 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3723 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3724
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3725 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3726
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3727 init_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3728
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3729 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3730 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3731 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3732
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3733 /* Wait for thread to start */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3734
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3735 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3736 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3737
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3738 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3740 hWinThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3741 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) win_msg_worker,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3742 0, 0, &dwWinThreadId);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3743
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3744 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3745 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3746
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3747 /* AttachThreadInput (dwWinThreadId, dwMainThreadId, TRUE); */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3748
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3749 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3750
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3751 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3752 syms_of_win32term ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3753 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3754 staticpro (&win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3755 win32_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3756
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3757 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3758 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3760 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3761 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3762 }
|